Upload
domien
View
214
Download
1
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Plymouth University
Academic Partnerships
CORNWALL COLLEGE Eden Project
Programme Quality HandbookFdA Event Management
Academic Year 2016-2017
1 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor5
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details7
41 Enhancement Activities7
42 Progression through the programme7
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8
5 Employment Opportunities8
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9
61 Referencing Guides9
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
8 Student Feedback13
81 Student Representation and Enhancement13
82 Student Perception Surveys13
83 Closing the Feedback Loop14
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)14
85 Complaints15
86 Extenuating Circumstances15
9 Appendix17
91 Programme Specification17
4 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdA Event Management
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Event Management Cornwall College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here at the Eden Project and will get a great deal from the programme
In the past few years event management has become big business in Cornwall with internationally recognised events such as surf and sports competitions cultural and music festivals being delivered in addition to the already growing sector of corporate trade shows conventions fund-raisers and awards ceremonies already taking place
Consequently more qualified people are being sought to manage and promote these events This Degree will equip you with professional leadership and business management skills combined with specialist knowledge of the event management industry
Our delivery team is composed of industry professionals who operate successful Events Management businesses alongside their lecturing As a student studying this programme you will gain invaluable insight into current thinking and practice within the sector as well as the chance to work alongside these professionals assisting in the preparation and planning of large and small scale events being held all over Cornwall
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you
Details of your programme of study and assessment
Opportunities available for
The development of academic and employability skills
Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes
Additional information specifically about your College
Good luck with your studies
Gail Angove
Programme Manager
5 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor5
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details7
41 Enhancement Activities7
42 Progression through the programme7
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8
5 Employment Opportunities8
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9
61 Referencing Guides9
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
8 Student Feedback13
81 Student Representation and Enhancement13
82 Student Perception Surveys13
83 Closing the Feedback Loop14
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)14
85 Complaints15
86 Extenuating Circumstances15
9 Appendix17
91 Programme Specification17
4 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdA Event Management
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Event Management Cornwall College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here at the Eden Project and will get a great deal from the programme
In the past few years event management has become big business in Cornwall with internationally recognised events such as surf and sports competitions cultural and music festivals being delivered in addition to the already growing sector of corporate trade shows conventions fund-raisers and awards ceremonies already taking place
Consequently more qualified people are being sought to manage and promote these events This Degree will equip you with professional leadership and business management skills combined with specialist knowledge of the event management industry
Our delivery team is composed of industry professionals who operate successful Events Management businesses alongside their lecturing As a student studying this programme you will gain invaluable insight into current thinking and practice within the sector as well as the chance to work alongside these professionals assisting in the preparation and planning of large and small scale events being held all over Cornwall
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you
Details of your programme of study and assessment
Opportunities available for
The development of academic and employability skills
Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes
Additional information specifically about your College
Good luck with your studies
Gail Angove
Programme Manager
5 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor5
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details7
41 Enhancement Activities7
42 Progression through the programme7
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8
5 Employment Opportunities8
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9
61 Referencing Guides9
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
8 Student Feedback13
81 Student Representation and Enhancement13
82 Student Perception Surveys13
83 Closing the Feedback Loop14
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)14
85 Complaints15
86 Extenuating Circumstances15
9 Appendix17
91 Programme Specification17
4 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdA Event Management
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Event Management Cornwall College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here at the Eden Project and will get a great deal from the programme
In the past few years event management has become big business in Cornwall with internationally recognised events such as surf and sports competitions cultural and music festivals being delivered in addition to the already growing sector of corporate trade shows conventions fund-raisers and awards ceremonies already taking place
Consequently more qualified people are being sought to manage and promote these events This Degree will equip you with professional leadership and business management skills combined with specialist knowledge of the event management industry
Our delivery team is composed of industry professionals who operate successful Events Management businesses alongside their lecturing As a student studying this programme you will gain invaluable insight into current thinking and practice within the sector as well as the chance to work alongside these professionals assisting in the preparation and planning of large and small scale events being held all over Cornwall
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you
Details of your programme of study and assessment
Opportunities available for
The development of academic and employability skills
Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes
Additional information specifically about your College
Good luck with your studies
Gail Angove
Programme Manager
5 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor5
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details7
41 Enhancement Activities7
42 Progression through the programme7
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8
5 Employment Opportunities8
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9
61 Referencing Guides9
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
8 Student Feedback13
81 Student Representation and Enhancement13
82 Student Perception Surveys13
83 Closing the Feedback Loop14
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)14
85 Complaints15
86 Extenuating Circumstances15
9 Appendix17
91 Programme Specification17
4 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdA Event Management
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Event Management Cornwall College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here at the Eden Project and will get a great deal from the programme
In the past few years event management has become big business in Cornwall with internationally recognised events such as surf and sports competitions cultural and music festivals being delivered in addition to the already growing sector of corporate trade shows conventions fund-raisers and awards ceremonies already taking place
Consequently more qualified people are being sought to manage and promote these events This Degree will equip you with professional leadership and business management skills combined with specialist knowledge of the event management industry
Our delivery team is composed of industry professionals who operate successful Events Management businesses alongside their lecturing As a student studying this programme you will gain invaluable insight into current thinking and practice within the sector as well as the chance to work alongside these professionals assisting in the preparation and planning of large and small scale events being held all over Cornwall
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you
Details of your programme of study and assessment
Opportunities available for
The development of academic and employability skills
Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes
Additional information specifically about your College
Good luck with your studies
Gail Angove
Programme Manager
5 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdA Event Management
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Event Management Cornwall College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here at the Eden Project and will get a great deal from the programme
In the past few years event management has become big business in Cornwall with internationally recognised events such as surf and sports competitions cultural and music festivals being delivered in addition to the already growing sector of corporate trade shows conventions fund-raisers and awards ceremonies already taking place
Consequently more qualified people are being sought to manage and promote these events This Degree will equip you with professional leadership and business management skills combined with specialist knowledge of the event management industry
Our delivery team is composed of industry professionals who operate successful Events Management businesses alongside their lecturing As a student studying this programme you will gain invaluable insight into current thinking and practice within the sector as well as the chance to work alongside these professionals assisting in the preparation and planning of large and small scale events being held all over Cornwall
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you
Details of your programme of study and assessment
Opportunities available for
The development of academic and employability skills
Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes
Additional information specifically about your College
Good luck with your studies
Gail Angove
Programme Manager
5 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Distinctive Features
There are many aspects of the FdA Event Management that make it distinctive for example
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourismevent department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enabled ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism business travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
6 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Gail Angove Eden Campus Foundation Building 01726 226781 (gailangovecornwallacuk)
What does your programme leader do Gail organises teaches and completes all of the quality assurance paperwork associated with your programme Gail has extensive experience of both teaching tutoring and coordinating Higher Education courses and the associated administrative processes
Gail has experience of teaching a wide variety of modules in event management and tourism to a diverse student body As well as her position at Cornwall College she is also an Associate Lecturer at Plymouth University lecturing in event design and themes
Academic background Foundation Degree in Tourism (awarded with Distinction) - Plymouth University BA (Hons) Degree in Business - Plymouth University and an MA in Management - Coventry University Gail also holds a Blue Badge Guide award (UKrsquos highest guiding qualification) for the South West of England and an A1 Assessors award for City amp Guilds qualifications
External links
Member of the Institute of Tourist Guiding Interviewer for the Cornwall Audio Visual Archive - Institute of Cornish Studies University of Exeter Theatre Production and Direction - Hall for Cornwall Merlin Cinemas and the Minack Theatre Vice ndash Chair of the Cornish Rowing Association Chairman of the Sea Salt amp Sail Maritime Festival Chairman of the Solomon Browne Memorial Hall Association
Module Leader
Dr Bryan Mills
After a career in the construction industry Bryan returned to study gaining a first class degree in business and a PhD in economics Since then he has taught across a range of higher level business and management courses and has regularly contributed to national and international conferences on the subject of innovation and enterprise Recently Bryan has worked in Lagos Nigeria delivering enterprise education for the World Bank Lagos Business School and the Department for International Development He is also a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy an organisation that produces university policy guidelines and represents university level education and lectures
Dr Roger Clough
Roger holds a BA (Hons) in Business Studies and French and has a PhD in the field of food retail change He runs a number of modules on the BA Business Enterprise programme at Cornwall College Camborne and specialises in consultancy projects where students work on real life problems and opportunities for businesses Roger has a history of starting businesses himself and has now owned seven different businesses ndash including cafeacutes a contract catering business a coffee shop and two Dominorsquos Pizza franchises Roger has previously been a lecturer at Middlesex and Brighton Universities but moved to Cornwall in 2006 after selling the pizza business He has three children and mainly spends any spare time he has with them
7 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Andrew Fry
Andrew has worked at The Cornwall College Group Camborne St Austell and Saltash as a member of staff for five years His curriculum involvement is Programme Manager for the Higher Education program in Hospitality and Tourism Management
Prior to joining the Cornwall College Group early in his career he worked as cabin crew in the aviation industry before returning as Operational Director to a group of family hotels that include Tintagel Castle The Wellington and The Westberry In his role as Operational Director Andrew was responsible for innovative ideas and directing teams to ensure top quality services within the highly challenging industry The group of hotels were sold off and Andrew worked for Barclays Bank for a short period of time before returning to education to start a career in teaching
Andrew has recently finished worked on a pound1 million interpretation project at King Arthurrsquos Castle Tintagel
He holds a BA (Hons) degree in Business - Plymouth University
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below)
8 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Programme Notice-Board in Common Room located in the Foundation Building HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details httpswwwedenprojectcomsitesdefaultfilesmap-
foundation-buildingpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth PortalAs a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
9 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesAn important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeUpon successful completion of the FdA in Event Management students will be eligible to progress to Stage 3 of the
BSc (Hons) Events Management at the University of Plymouth
It should be noted that credits awarded at Stage 2 of a University of Plymouth Foundation Degree programme to a student who subsequently enters the degree programme at Stage 3 will count towards classification in the usual wayYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
10 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations
11 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
12 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4 Year 1
CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
Essay 50 Report 50
CORC1141- Marketing Market Analysis 40 Market Research 60
CORC1143 - Business Finance Test 45 Coursework 55
CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations Test 40 Coursework 60
TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp ThemesTSM158 -Introduction to Conference and EventsLevel 5 Year 2
CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
Case Study (1) 50 Case Study (2) 50
CORC 2099- Applied Research Test 10 Critical Analysis 495 Research proposal 405
CORC2119 - Promotional Events Test 30 Written Press Release 70
TFD253- Sustainable Tourism Management Report 50 Presentation 50
TFD203- Special Study Project 100
TSM254 Cultural Studies Creative Assessment 100
TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
Essay ndash Evaluations 100
TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship Coursework 100
TSM261-Event Planning Reflective Evaluation 100
TSM262- Festivals Essay 70 Presentation 30
13 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
14 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
15 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
8 Student Feedback
81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process
16 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting
17 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
18 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
19 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification
20 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdA Event Management
Partner Delivering Institution Eden Project
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017-18
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
21 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related Learning35
Appendix36
22 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Eden ProjectAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time (2 years)Final Award FdAIntermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)Programme Title Event ManagementUCAS Code N821JACS CodeBenchmarks Foundation Degree Qualification Benchmark and
the relevant section at intermediate level of the Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism QAA Subject Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval December 2008
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
The FdA in Event Management programme has been designed to develop individuals who can contribute to the events sector by providing professional solutions and expertise Successful students will have gained experience of event management from conception to evaluation The programme will scrutinize the industry carefully ensuring that learnerrsquos knowledge is current and of the highest industry standards The skills and tools developed by learners during the programme will stay with them throughout their future careers and ensure that they contribute to the quality and professionalism of this vibrant industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
23 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To produce graduates who can critically systematically and reflectively analyse a wide range of event management scenarios
2 To develop individuals who will be able to design finance implement administer and evaluate event management strategies
3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic vocational and study skills to a level that will enable them to support progression to a one-year Level 3 Honours Degree in appropriately specified articulations
To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal practical vocational and transferable skills that will enable them to be effective in seeking employment or developing their role in the event management tourism and or hospitality sectors of industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Explain interpret and critically evaluate the principal theories and concepts that have moulded the emerging event management sectors
Display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political technological social environmental and economic factor which affect or impact upon the supply and demand for events
Analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
Action plan for and participate in the management of successful events including the effective management or resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and sub-contracted resources
Identify the routes of progression to further study in higher education within appropriate University programmes or the world of work
24 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Employer engagement is a priority for the faculty and over a number of years the tourism department has sought to work with employers who are passionate and committed to driving up quality in the sector The relationships established with key local stakeholders has enable ongoing dialogue concerning programme design and content and provided both placement and consultancy opportunities for our learners Frequent opportunities exist to provide learners with the chance to network with and demonstrate their potential to influential local employers
The programme offered is inspirational innovative and memorable and will encourage creative thinking and the development of new ideas Students will be working in an expanding arena where opportunities exist to develop new perspectives and to challenge convention
Students will acquire in-depth knowledge of event practice that may be applied across many sectors of industry
The programme will prepare students to pursue a range of careers within the event hospitality tourism and leisure and sports sectors
The programme is very much in tune with the changing face of the events industry and the need to address greener social increasingly economic and corporate issues
The programme will recruit from diverse backgrounds and ages so students can expect to work within a fairly cosmopolitan environment The College runs a number of related courses so students will be able to mix with fellow students with interests in sport recreation tourism travel heritage gastronomy and outdoor leisure
Opportunities to work individually and on collaborative and cross-disciplinary projects that will have real implications in the work place
Learn a range of subject specific but transferable skills
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage =12
Maximum student numbers per stage =20
PS9 Progression Route(s)
25 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
PS10 Admissions CriteriaQualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement Higher Level
Diploma Level 2 Numeracy Literacy
andor
- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveGrade C or above in 3 relevant subject areas including Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following
- ASA LevelsNormally 120 points (combination of appropriate A levels Key Skills and AS Levels (Maximum of 40 points from Key Skills) A minimum of one A2 is required
- Advanced Level Diploma Pass level
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma National Certificate - MPNational Diploma at PPP
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS Merit level
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision Pass
- International Baccalaureate 24
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 2 D level passes ndash grades sufficient to reach UCAS tariff of 120 points
Work Experience Mature students with relevant work experience offers made on interview only
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Mature students or those without formal qualifications are encouraged to apply and cases are taken on an individual basis
26 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
APEL APCL4 possibilities
If a student wishes to claim either APCLAPEL they will need to provide evidence of having experienced areas covered in a module or modules previously It should be noted that all Learning Outcomes for module(s) being claimed will need to be demonstrated Application should take place before the module is due to be delivered and corroborating evidence should be provided for instance a testimonial from an employer Applications will be taken to a College Screening Committee chaired by the Head of Centre and the student will be informed whether their application has been deemed valid Students should contact their Programme Manager in the first instance All claims for APCLAPEL will be carried out in accordance with the UoP academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements Interviews will be held on an individual basis when required
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
27 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
28 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
1 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
1 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
Year 22 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning2 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events2 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals2 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied Research
Option module 1 x Level 2 20 credits2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TSM254 - Cultural Studies
Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
29 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
FHEQ level Level 4 and 5 For Part Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1
1 Core 20 CORC1013- Personal and Employability SkillsDevelopment
1 Core 20 CORC1141- Marketing1 Core 20 CORC1143 - Business Finance1 Core 20 CORC1200 - Managing Event Operations
Year 2
2 Core 20 TSM157 -Principles of Event Design amp Themes
2 Core 20 CORC1213 -Introduction to Conference and Events
2 Core 20 CORC 2099- Applied ResearchOption module 1 x Level 2 20 credits in Year 2
2 Option 20 TFD203- Special Study2 Option 20 TSM248- Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments2 Option 20 CORC2183- Sustainable Tourism Management2 Option 20 TFD254 - Cultural Studies2 Option 20 TSM256 Leadership and Entrepreneurship
Year 33 Core 20 TSM261-Event Planning3 Core 20 CORC2119 - Promotional Events3 Core 20 TSM262- Festivals3 Core 20 CORC2094 -Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
30 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the development of events from a range of critical perspectives
display an insight into the structure of event providers and their sectors and analyse the political
Primary Lectures and tutorials Directed independent study Learning from work
experience
SecondarySupplementary Case studies Problem-solving exercises Report writing On line Moodle materials UoP student portal
1234
1
123124
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113
TSM158
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 CORC113TSM112
31 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
technological social environmental and economic factors which affect or impact upon the supply of and demand for events
analyse and reflect on the different cultural and business concepts intercultural and international dimensions of events
existing and future issues such as ethics creativity sustainability related to event management and to understand their implications on economic planning host communities and the local environment
34
134
TSM261CORC228TSM262
TSM 262 FBU215
TSM248
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply knowledge and understanding developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentCognitive and Intellectual Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation DegreeBy the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passBy the end of the programme the student will be able to
demonstrate an awareness and understanding of appropriate aspects of event management including administration design operations marketing and risk and how they apply to the phases of events such as initiation planning implementation event and closure
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicals
on data and measurement problems
1 24
124
24
Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
TFD104 TFD101TFD105
TSM158 TSM157 CORC156 TSM112
32 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
operate and effectively manage resources including human (paid or volunteer) financial venue and subcontracted and technical resources
plan control analyse and evaluate events support service provision and their logistics
1234
TSM158 TSM112CORC156 TFD101 TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TSM261 FBU215TFD201
TFD201 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply cognitive and intellectual skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
Key Transferable SkillsFoundation DegreeGeneral Business and Management Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passuse a range of established techniques to initiate and
Primary Library and other research
exercises Group work awareness and
practice
1234 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
TFD105 TFD105 TSM158
33 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
undertake critical analysis of information and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis in their field of study and in a work context
effectively communicate information arguments and analysis in a variety of forms to specialist and non-specialist audiences
undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences that will enable them to assume responsibility within organisations
interact effectively within a teamlearning group
take responsibility for own learning with minimum direction
to self-appraise and reflect on practice
Computer-based learning and assessment
SecondarySupplementary Class and seminar
interactions and feedback
4
3
4
34
341234
1234
4
34
34
34
34
and Tourism
General Business and Management
Assessed discussions Group work
assessmentsTFD104
TFD104 TFD105
TFD104
TFD104
TFD104TSM258 TSM261TSM248 TFD201
TSM261 CORC228 TSM262 TFD201 TSM248
FBU215
TSM248 TSM262
TSM261 CORC228TSM262 TSM248 FBU215
34 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
TSM261 FBU215
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentEmployment Related Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passStudents will be able to demonstrate an ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment and the qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Event engagement activitiesLive project workEvent role-play simulationsReflective learningSecondarySupplementaryNone
24 Foundation Degree
Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
CourseworkPresentationsReflective reports
TFD104 TFD105TSM158 TSM157
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessmentPractical Skills
Hospitality Leisure Sport and TourismGeneral Business and managementFoundation Degree
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passplan design and execute practical activities using
Primary Field trips Projects Designated tasks
34 Foundation Degree
Hospitality
Project work Competence in a
range of business-related
TFD104 TFD105 TFD101 CORC113
35 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
appropriate techniques and procedures eg numeric communication (written and oral) and information technology skills
undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
plan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of independent intellectual work using appropriate media
recognise and respond to moral ethical and safety issues which directly pertain to event management including relevant legislation and professional codes of conduct
Lectures and tutorials Learning from workSecondarySupplementaryNone
24
24
34
34
34
Leisure Sport and Tourism
General Business and Management
communication techniques TSM158
TFD105 TFD104
TSM248
TSM248 TSM261
TSM248 TSM261
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeLearners will have demonstrated an ability to apply skills developed within the course to industry related scenarios and will be required to complete a range of assessment
36 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Plan design and execute practical activities using appropriate techniques and procedures
Undertake fieldwork with due regard for safety and risk assessment
Throughout the programme
Levels 4 and 5
Apply graduate attributes and skillsapply career management skills apply lifelong learning skillsbusiness and organisational awarenessdemonstrate an international outlook
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of EssaysprojectsdissertationsExaminationstestsCourseworkgroup work on practical application questionsReflective assignments
ALL Core Modules
An explanation of this mapWork Based Learning is embedded throughout level 4 and 5 of this programme Many assignments require students to complete observations reflect on practice and apply theory to practice These activities make a clear link between academic theoretical learning and that of professional practice
37 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix
Definitive Module Records
38 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
39 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 ndash 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210516
Approved byHE Operations
Date210516
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
40 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1143 MODULE TITLE Business Finance
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N300
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module concentrates on the financial systems necessary for sound financial management with the emphasis on the three main financial statements ndash being able to complete understand and analyse these It also covers breakeven analysis VAT and financing a business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 55 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 45
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement Na
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is for students to gain an understanding of the management of finance within a business organisation They will learn how to compile financial statements and to interpret and analyse these They will also be able to select appropriate sources of finance for a business and understand the impact and implications of Value Added Tax
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Prepare and operate a financial recording system2 Explain the main financial statements their purpose and use3 Analyse and interpret financial statements using relevant accounting ratios4 Make decisions on appropriate sources of finance for a business5 Explain the impact of VAT on a business and make recommendations in this area
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Roger Clough OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT1 Functions of the three main financial statements ndash who uses them when and what for2 Construction of the three main financial statements ndash cash flow profit amp loss balance sheet3 Interpretation of accounts ndash ratio analysis4 Sources of finance ndash sources choosing sources implications of choice and source5 VAT ndash implications and impact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In-Class Test 100Total = 100
To cover LO123
Coursework C1 Case Study 100Total = 100
To cover LO2345
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Roger Clough
Date010216
Approved byHE Operations
Date010216
Recommended Texts and Sources
42 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1141 MODULE TITLE Marketing
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N500
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This core module provides an introduction to the general theory of marketing and its application in a range of organisational types It is intended to give a broad understanding of marketing considerations in managing the marketing function in a business context
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module aims to enable students to appreciate the pivotal role marketing plays within a business organisation and provide an understanding of the theory and best practice of marketing as part of the business organisations approach to its markets and customers in a constant world of change
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Explain and justify the role of marketing in a commercial setting2 Recognise the role of the marketing mix and promotional mix in the marketing plan3 Explain the application and the principals of market segmentation4 Demonstrate an understanding of customer and buying behaviour5 Carry out Market Research to inform marketing decisions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Jul 2002 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2002 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
43 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullMarketing basicsbullCommunicating with customersbullMarketing environmentsbullMarketing in operationbullMarketing research and databullMarketing processesbullMarketing communicationsbullMarketing management in operationbullAnalysis and evaluation of alternative approaches to marketingbullStrategic marketing actions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core Material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Market AnalysisCase Study
4060
Total = 100
To cover ALO1 amp ALO2Market research case study to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date250816
Approved byHE Operations
Date080816
Recommended Texts and Sources
44 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1200 MODULE TITLE Managing Event Operations
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to enable the learner to consider all areas of event operations including logistics health amp safety scheduling and teamwork Students will consider resource requirements for events within the context of the event design and will apply their learning practically where possible in supporting local events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main operational requirements of event management in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the core operational requirements of events and their relationship to the other
aspects of event management2 Apply operational learning (such as health amp safety) in a practical small-scale context3 Understand the need for good administrative skills in event management4 Apply key operational tools including critical path analysis Gantt charts and action planning
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 209 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 110814 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT45 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015 - 2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual operational characteristicsbullDelivering the event designbullHealth amp safety and risk assessmentsbullIntroduction to legal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullLogistics and resources involved in events of increasing complexitybullScheduling contingency and emergency planningbullCritical path analysis Gantt charts and planning toolsbullOrganisational and administrative requirements of eventsbullWorking in teams roles required amp employment contracts
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100External Visits 25Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date11082016
Approved byHE Operations
Date130816
Recommended Texts and Sources
46 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM157 MODULE TITLE Principles of Event Design and Themes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces students to experience economy and the principles and use of themes and design in the events tourism and hospitality industries
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of the use and application of design related to the service sector To develop an awareness of experience economy To recognise the important of design for the service sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Outline the concepts underpinning experience economy2 Apply design principles to the service sector3 Demonstrate an understanding of the use of themes in tourism events and hospitality
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 070207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
47 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAn introduction to ldquoExperiencerdquo economyUse of design in events and the service sectorPsychology and customer needs Colour light texture shape order and spaceTheming and narratives for events tourism and hospitalityImage and text presentationanalysis
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Creative assessment resulting in a concept board
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date040216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
48 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE MODULE TITLE Introduction to Conferences and Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces aspects of conference and event operations and management It provides and overview of the congerence and events industry and the operational and management procedures involved in running various types of events
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide knowledge and understanding of the conference and events industry including operational and management procedures and market trends and development
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Describe the characteristics of the conference and events industry and key market trends2 Outline the importance of quality management for conference andor event operations3 Explain the role of customer service in the success of conference and event operations4 Describe the various operational and management procedures involved in running events
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
49 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of event Event operations and procedures Customer service Selling Sponsorship and funding Managing event suppliers and contractors Event safety Quality in event production Market size and structure Industry background Market trends
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
An overview of the conference and events sector
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation 100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date140416
Recommended Texts and Sources
50 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM261 MODULE TITLE Event Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N860
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is to enable the learner to consider all of the functions that are required in event planning conferences and exhibitions It will also highlight the potential of such high profile events in creating the right kind of impression with stakeholders
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an appreciation and working knowledge of the main attributes of successful event planning in the tourism and leisure industries
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the human and physical resources involved in event planning generally2 Evaluate the role and significance of the finance and marketing functions3 Analyse the need for good administration and organisational skills in event management4 Produce comprehensive master plans for events conferences exhibitions
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010207 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
51 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullEvents and their individual characteristicsbullLegal responsibilities and requirements placed upon event organisersbullEffective marketing and public relations strategiesbullProgramming scheduling and contingency and emergency planningbullFinancial planning and backing budgeting and break even analysis tax liabilities and obligationsbullOrganisation of an eventbullPhysical and human resource requirements for events organisationbullEconomic impacts of events
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Group work to present an event plan Reflective Evaluation
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
52 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM262 MODULE TITLE Festivals
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module introduces critical aspects of festivals in a tourism context A series of lectures with case studies and field trips will contextualise the fundamentals of this module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo examine the multifaceted dimensions of festivals in relation to tourism destinations This will incorporate investigating the fundamental features of events in both a UK and international context in an array of sectors such as culture marketing information technology corporate hospitality and others
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate the economic importance of the festival industry and analyse trends in the industry2 Critically evaluate the business structure of festivals3 Appraise the inclusion of festivals in tourism development strategies4 Examine issues of management and sustainability arising from the growth and development of
festivals
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010910 TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
53 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullTypes of exhibitionsbullCharacteristics of a successful festival and exhibitionbullThe International perspective of festivals and exhibitionsbullFestivals and exhibition stakeholdersbullSite and venue selection and managementbullContemporary issues in festivals and eventsbullFestivals and exhibitions case studies
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20Seminar 12Project Supervision 8Guided Independent Study 160
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Written Essay ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C_ Total = 100
Practical P1 Presentation ndash Covering ALO 1-4
100Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen J (2009) Event planning the ultimate guide to successful meetings corporate events fundraising galas conferences conventions incentives and other special events 2nd edn ChichesterJohn Wiley amp SonsAllen J OrsquoToole W McDonnell I and Harris R (2011) Festival and special event management 5th edn Chichester John Wiley amp SonBowdin D Allen J OrsquoToole W Harris R and McDonell I (2010) Events management3rd edn
54 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannGunn C (2002) Tourism planning ndash basics concepts cases 4th ed London RoutledgeGoldblatt JJ (2011) Special events a new generation and the next frontier 6th ednGoldblatt J (2002) Special events twenty-first century global event management 5th edn New York John Wile amp SonsOrsquoToole W and Mikolaitis P (2002) Corporate event project management New York John Wiley amp SonsRobertson M and Frew E (Eds) (2008) Events and festivals current trends and issues London RoutledgeShone A and Parry B (2010) Successful event management a practical handbook 3rd edn Andover Cengage LearningYeoman I Robertson M Ali-Knight J Drummond S amp McMahon Beattie U (2003) Festival and events management an international perspective Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
JournalsAnnals of Tourism ResearchEventEvent ManagementJournal of Convention and Event TourismMarketing Event
55 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2119 MODULE TITLE Promotional Events
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N820
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE N
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Building on the core modules of Stage 1 this module explores the challenges and demands of promotional events such as product launches conferences trade fairs exhibition and corporate hospitality
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 30
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS1To identify and critically evaluate the challenges and demands of promotional events2To enable students to research evaluate and apply the necessary skills in the promotional events context3To provide an understanding of the importance of the customer-promoter relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Develop implement and evaluate a promotional event design2 Understand and critically evaluate the importance of the market place when delivering
promotional events3 Critically analyse the success and failure of specific promotional events
DATE OF APPROVAL 10 Mar 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT56 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTypes of promotional events logisticsUnderstanding and interpreting design briefs communication methodsCustomer relationships consumer behaviourMarket research and product knowledge
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50Seminar 25External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1_
To cover aspects of marketing and public relations
100Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Students to write a time press release
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
57 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2094 MODULE TITLE Introduction to HRM and Employment Law
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the Human Resource Management function in an organisation and gives a practical understanding of the nature of law in terms of implications for business and individual rights and duties and collective right and the relationship of this to employee relations
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the role and function of HRM in an organisation and the relevance of Employment law to all parties in the customer firm and employment relationship
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Demonstrate awareness of the role and functions of HR in an enterprise2 Analyse the different methods of reward available to an organisation3 Demonstrate knowledge of the core responsibilities of an enterprise with regard to employment
law4 Apply employment law to basic and commonly encountered issues of employment in the
workplace with particular regard to discrimination dismissal and the employment contract5 Recognise situations in which specialist advice and support is required and understand the
possible sources of support
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Mar 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT58 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 130
MODULE LEADER David Ager OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Introduction to HRMbull Recruitment and selectionbull Grievance and disciplinebull Reward systemsbull Staff development and appraisalbull Contracts of employment and determination of employment statusbull Termination of contractbull Discrimination and equality in the workplace individual rights maternitypaternitybull Health amp Safety law
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1Case StudyCase Study
5050
Total = 100
To cover ALOs 1-5Case study ndash to cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDavid Ager
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
59 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2099 MODULE TITLE Applied Research
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N100
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module will review alternative modes of enquiry that might be encountered in academic and business environments
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 10
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to introduce students to research methods techniques and the notion of best practice development within organisations
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understand the principles and practice of designing investigations and enquiries2 Analyse information including appropriate statistical methods and observation as research
methods3 Use primary and secondary data as a source of management information4 Explore notions of best practice in a business setting5 Relate issues to their own work related experience
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Apr 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
60 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016 ndash 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbull Data collectionamp basic statistical methodsbull The concepts of types of information measures of location and dispersion reliability validity precision and accuracy of the methods of inquirybull The resource implications of conducting an inquiry manpower planning finance time and data storage and analysis requirementsbull The concepts of population and samplebull The choice of data acquisition ndash method in relation to type and aims of investigation and resource material including observation techniquesbull Best practice and continuous improvement
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45 Core material
Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
Statistics ndash to cover LO2
Coursework C1Research ProposalCritical Analysis
4555
Total = 100
To cover all ALOsTo cover all ALOs
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byDr Bryan Mills
Date010916
Approved byHE Operations
Date010916
Recommended Texts and Sources
61 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TFD203 MODULE TITLE Special Study
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N870
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)A module synthesising acquired knowledge understanding and skills in the form of a detailed study
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis unit aims to provide the learner with the opportunity to undertake a detailed study of a specialised topic or project to develop skills in analysis presentation problem solving research and synthesis
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Apply appropriate principles and concepts to the development of a project plan2 Demonstrate competence in the selection and application of appropriate tools of analysis3 Evaluate the relevance and significance of information collected and to summarise salient points4 Propose appropriate solutions and recommendations based on research and literary review5 Present findings in an appropriate report format
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 Sep 2001 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2001 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 010206 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
62 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108
MODULE LEADER Phil Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis is a learner led module where staff will be available for supervision and consultation at every stage of the project
Your project must be subject related and needs to be approved by the module leader
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 20Practical Classes and Workshops 10Guided Independent Study 145
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byPhil Toy
Date300416
Approved byHE Operations
Date300416
Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM and Macdonald D (Eds) (2012) Research methods in physical education and youth sport Abingdon RoutledgeAtkinson M (2012) Key concepts in sport and exercise research methods London SAGE Publications LtdBell J (2010) Doing your research project Buckingham Open University PressGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sports studies 2nd edn London RoutledgeMcNamee M J (2004) Philosophy and the sciences of exercise health and sport - critical perspectives on research methods London Routledge
63 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
OrsquoDonoghue P (2010) Research methods for sports performance analysis London RoutledgeSmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning MattersVeal AJ ( (2011) Research methods for leisure sport and tourism 4th edn Harlow Pearson Education LimitedJournal of Sports ScienceInternational Journal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismMedicine and Science in Sport and ExerciseQualitative Research in Sport and Exercise
64 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM248 MODULE TITLE Education and Interpretation of Tourism Environments
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)Environmental Education is firmly placed within the National Curriculum Students will be given the opportunity of exploring teaching techniques and developing teaching packs in order to service this part of the industry Students will also investigate the use of interpretation as a management tool
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo enable learners to develop site specific teaching material that can be used by different stakeholders It will explore delivery methods and individual user group needs The module will also identify situations in which interpretation can be successfully used and develop awareness of techniques and conventions in cultural preservation presentation and representation
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Review the different methods of interpretation and education for the tourism industry and
identify the factors which determine the choice and method of interpretation2 Critically evaluate the tourism environment to identify factors that determine most appropriate
method of delivering information3 Assess different methods of teaching delivery and methods of interpretation for different visitor
groups4 Design and create interpretation material suitable for tourist attraction sites5 Create and deliver educational material appropriate to the tourism environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 Feb 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
65 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTbullIdentify and review different types of interpretation recognising destinationsrsquo cultural identity within a historical perspective and as a tourism generatorbullReview site opportunities to deliver education and interpretationbullDevelop an awareness of individual learning patterns tourism needs and the types of message to be deliveredbullInterpretative Methods understanding when it is or is not an appropriate management tool Prepare presentations talks interpretation boards themed projects interactive techniques for the touristBalance the needs of the tourist with the needs of the site and the promoter
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Seminar 25Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1 Essay - evaluations 100Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date030216
Approved byHE Operations
Date040216
Recommended Texts and Sources
66 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC2183 MODULE TITLE Sustainable Tourism Management
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N830
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module examines the planning and management of sustainable tourism in the light of a rapidly changing environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module seeks to examine the practical sustainable application of tourism management principles in a sustainable context and provides students with an understanding of planning for tourism provision The module aims to equip potential tourism practitioners with the skills and knowledge necessary to deal with rapidly changing tourist expectations of sustainability at local national and international levels
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Discuss the sustainability issues involved or associated with local regional national and
international tourism planning and development2 Analyse the need for strategic planning for sustainable growth and the main costs and benfits
resulting from such growth3 Critically evaluate sustainability issues in global tourism and current trends in practice4 Appraise different approaches to site planning and visitor management
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 May 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
67 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 134
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPublic private and voluntary sector organisations concerned with tourism developmentPlanning processes and models of tourism development globalisation policy and international strategiessocial economic and environmental factors affecting both national and international tourism developmentManagement and control of resources and developmentSustainable tourism as a business concept feasibility of sustainable growth third world tourism
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 100Guided Independent Study 50External Visits 25Seminar 25
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1_
Report covering visitor management strategies
100Total = 100
Practical P1_
Presentation Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date090416
Approved byHE Operations
Date090416
Recommended Texts and Sources
68 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE TSM256 MODULE TITLE Leadership and Entrepreneurship
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE N800
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Y
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) Students will review Leadership and the process through which and individual influences one or more people to accomplish group or organisational goals and also Entrepreneurship that leads to taking risks and enhancing wealth through the risk taking and innovation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Tourism
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide students with an understanding and appreciation of the types and elements of leadership and the link to human behaviour whilst also identifying the key processes of entrepreneurship through which knowledge is transferred into wealth
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Understanding how models theories and concepts about leadership can be used to promote the
effectiveness of individuals groups and organisations2 Developed skills for the analysis of the individual group and organisational functioning that
enhances their effectiveness as leaders3 Analyse the processes of innovation and entrepreneurship through case studies highlight the
more practical aspects of these two processes4 Evaluate the extent of innovation and enterprise in a given venture
DATE OF APPROVAL March 2006 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sept` 2006 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
CamborneDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE
Click here to enter a date TERMSEMESTER AY
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT69 | P a g e
FdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 27
MODULE LEADER Gail Angove OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Leadership concepts past present and future Effectiveness of particular leadership styles and behaviour Personal master plan for their continued leadership development Concepts of Innovation and entrepreneurship Core concepts and case studies on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Start ups and Innovation and Entrepreneurship as a change process Key success factors and capacity in Entrepreneurship
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Seminar 10Field-trips 5Guided Independent Study 155
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1
Two major assignments 100Total = 100
A demonstration of the theory and practice of Leadership and Entrepreneurship to the assignment questions
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byGail Angove
Date120516
Approved byHE Operations
Date120516
Recommended Texts and Sources
Adair J (2003) Effective Strategic Leadership London Pan Books Chell E (2001) Entrepreneurship globalization innovation and development London
70 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)
Thomson Learning Merrett E (2008) Strategic LeadershipEssential Concepts America Aventine Northouse PG(2003) Leadership Theory and Practice London Sage Publishing Seligman J (2003) Smart Thinking The Essence of Strategy in the New Millennium
Baltimore Publish America Timmons A and Spinelli S (2003) New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Century Maidenhead McGraw-Hill
Journals Annals of Tourism Research Journal of Consumer Behaviour Journal of Sustainable Tourism Journal of Tourism Studies Tourism Management
Web-based sources Foundation Degree Web-site- professional development materials httpwww2plymouthacukgateway_to_study Cornwall college Moodle
71 | P a g eFdA Event Management Handbook (2016-17)